13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1 /* Implementation of Win32 GUI terminal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
4 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
5
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
6 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
9 any later version.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
10
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
11 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
15
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
17 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
|
14186
|
18 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
|
19 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
20
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
21 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
22
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <signal.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <config.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
26 #include "lisp.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
27 #include "blockinput.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
28
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
29 #include <w32term.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
30
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "systty.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "systime.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
33
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <ctype.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <errno.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <setjmp.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
37 #include <sys/stat.h>
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
38
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "frame.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "dispextern.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
42 #include "termopts.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "termchar.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
44 #include "gnu.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
45 #include "disptab.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "buffer.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
47 #include "window.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
48 #include "keyboard.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
49 #include "intervals.h"
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
50
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
51 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
52
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
53 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
54 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
55
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
56
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
57 /* This is display since win32 does not support multiple ones. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
58 struct win32_display_info one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
59
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
60 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
61 one for each element of win32_display_list and in the same order.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
62 NAME is the name of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
63 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
64 Lisp_Object win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
65
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
66 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
67 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
68 win32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
69 In that case, the win32 functions assume that `selected_frame'
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
70 is the frame to apply to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
71 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
72
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
73 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
74 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
75
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
76 /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
77
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
78 static int flexlines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
79
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
80 /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
81
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
82 static int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
83
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
84 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
85 During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
86
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
87 static int curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
88 static int curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
89
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
90 DWORD dwWinThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
91 HANDLE hWinThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
92 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
93 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
94
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
95 /* Mouse movement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
96
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
97 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
98 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
99 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
100
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
101 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
102
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
103 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
104 so win32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
105 an ordinary motion.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
106
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
107 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
108 to Qnil, to tell win32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
109 Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
110 int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
111
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
112 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that win32_mouse_position would
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
113 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
114 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
115 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
116 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
117 it's somewhat accurate. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
118 Time last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
119
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
120 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
121 #ifdef __STDC__
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
122 static int volatile input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
123 #else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
124 static int input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
125 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
127 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
128
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
129 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
130
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
131 extern int errno;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
132
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
133 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
134 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
136 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
137
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
138 void win32_delete_display ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
140 static void redraw_previous_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
141 static void redraw_following_char ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
142 static unsigned int win32_get_modifiers ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
144 static int fast_find_position ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
145 static void note_mouse_highlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
146 static void clear_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
147 static void show_mouse_face ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
148 static void do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
149
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
150 static int win32_cursor_to ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
151 static int win32_clear_end_of_line ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
152
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
153 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
154 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
155 about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
156
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
157 struct record
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
158 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
159 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
160 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
161 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
162
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
163 struct record event_record[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
164
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
165 int event_record_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
166
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
167 record_event (locus, type)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
168 char *locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
169 int type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
170 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
171 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
172 event_record_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
173
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
174 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
175 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
176 event_record_index++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
177 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
178
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
179 #endif /* 0 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
180
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
181 /* Return the struct win32_display_info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
182
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
183 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
184 win32_display_info_for_display ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
185 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
186 return (&one_win32_display_info);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
187 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
188
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
189 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
190 win32_fill_rect (f, _hdc, pix, lprect)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
191 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
192 HDC _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
193 COLORREF pix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
194 RECT * lprect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
195 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
196 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
197 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
198 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
199
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
200 if (_hdc)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
201 hdc = _hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
202 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
203 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
204 if (!f) return;
|
14241
|
205 hdc = GetFrameDC (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
206 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
207
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
208 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
209 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
210 DeleteObject (hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
211
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
212 if (!_hdc)
|
14241
|
213 ReleaseFrameDC (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
214 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
215
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
216 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
217 win32_clear_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
218 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
219 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
220 RECT rect;
|
14241
|
221
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
222 GetClientRect (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
223 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
224 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
225
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
226
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
227 /* Starting and ending updates.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
228
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
229 These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
230 of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
231 of the frame being updated, so that the win32_... functions do not
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
232 need to take a frame as argument. Most of the win32_... functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
233 should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
234 being win32_cursor_to, win32_write_glyphs and win32_reassert_line_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
235
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
236 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
237 win32_update_begin (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
238 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
239 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
240 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
241 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
242
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
243 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
244 highlight = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
245
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
246 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
247
|
14241
|
248 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
|
|
249 colors has changed. */
|
|
250 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette)
|
|
251 {
|
|
252 win32_regenerate_palette (f);
|
|
253 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = FALSE;
|
|
254 }
|
|
255
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
256 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
257 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
258 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
259 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
260
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
261 /* If the frame needs to be redrawn,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
262 simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
263 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
264 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
265
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
266 if (!NILP (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
267 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
268 int firstline, lastline, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
269 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
270
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
271 /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
272 for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
273 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
274 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
275
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
276 lastline = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
277 for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
278 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
279 if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
280 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
281 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
282 lastline = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
283 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
284
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
285 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
286 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
287 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
288 in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
289 are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
290 if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
291 || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
292 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
293 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
294 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
295
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
296 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
297 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
298
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
299 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
300 win32_update_end (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
301 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
302 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
303 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
304
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
305 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
306 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
307
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
308 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
309 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
310
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
311 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
312 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
313
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
314 /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
315
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
316 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
317 win32_frame_up_to_date (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
318 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
319 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
320 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
321 || f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
322 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
323 note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
324 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
325 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
326 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
327 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
328 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
329
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
330 /* External interface to control of standout mode.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
331 Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
332 and not change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
333
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
334 win32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
335 int new, vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
336 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
337 highlight = new;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
338 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
339
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
340 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
341 and change whether it is highlighted. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
342
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
343 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
344 win32_change_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
345 int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
346 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
347 highlight = new_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
348 win32_cursor_to (vpos, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
349 win32_clear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
350 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
351
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
352 /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
353 When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing must be done
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
354 to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
355
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
356 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
357 win32_set_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
358 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
359 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
360
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
361 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
362 Exiting will make the Win32 windows go away, and suspending
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
363 requires no action. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
364
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
365 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
366 win32_reset_terminal_modes ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
367 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
368 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
369
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
370 /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
371 This is where display update commands will take effect.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
372 This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
373
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
374 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
375 win32_cursor_to (row, col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
376 register int row, col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
377 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
378 int orow = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
379
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
380 curs_x = col;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
381 curs_y = row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
382
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
383 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
384 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
385 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
386 x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
387 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
388 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
389 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
390
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
391 /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
392 WINDOW is the window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
393 HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
394 3 if should appear in its mouse-face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
395 JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
396 don't alter the background.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
397
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
398 FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
399
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
400 Since the display generation code is responsible for calling
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
401 compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
402 the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
403 glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
404 to which we can actually apply intern_face.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
405 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
406
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
407 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
408 dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
409 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
410 int left, top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
411 register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
412 register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
413 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
414 int just_foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
415 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
416 /* Holds characters to be displayed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
417 char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
418 register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
419 register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
420 register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
421 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
422 int orig_left = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
423 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
424
|
14241
|
425 hdc = GetFrameDC (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
426
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
427 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
428 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
429 /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
430 int cf, len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
431 int g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
432
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
433 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
434 cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
435
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
436 /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
437 Extract their character codes into BUF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
438 cp = buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
439 while (n > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
440 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
441 g = *gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
442 GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
443 if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
444 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
445
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
446 *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
447 --n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
448 ++gp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
449 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
450
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
451 /* LEN gets the length of the run. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
452 len = cp - buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
453
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
454 /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
455 determined by the face code CF. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
456 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
457 struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
458 XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
459 int stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
460 COLORREF fg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
461 COLORREF bg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
462
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
463 /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
464 if (hl == 3)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
465 cf = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
466
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
467 /* First look at the face of the text itself. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
468 if (cf != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
469 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
470 /* It's possible for the display table to specify
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
471 a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
472 if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
473 || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
474 cf = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
475
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
476 if (cf == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
477 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
478 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
479 face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
480 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
481 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
482 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
483 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
484
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
485 /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
486 else if (hl == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
487 ;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
488 else if (hl == 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
489 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
490 face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
491 font = FACE_FONT (face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
492 if (FACE_STIPPLE (face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
493 stippled = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
494 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
495
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
496 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
497 bg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
498
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
499 /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
500 if (hl == 2)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
501 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
502 /* The cursor overrides stippling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
503 stippled = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
504
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
505 if ((!face->font
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
506 || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
507 || face->font == f->output_data.win32->font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
508 && face->background == f->output_data.win32->background_pixel
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
509 && face->foreground == f->output_data.win32->foreground_pixel)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
510 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
511 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
512 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
513 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
514 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
515 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
516 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
517 bg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
518 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
519 /* If the glyph would be invisible,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
520 try a different foreground. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
521 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
522 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
523 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
524 fg = f->output_data.win32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
525 if (fg == bg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
526 fg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
527 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
528 if (bg == face->background
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
529 && fg == face->foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
530 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
531 bg = face->foreground;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
532 fg = face->background;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
533 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
534 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
535 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
536
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
537 if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
538 font = f->output_data.win32->font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
539
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
540 SetBkMode (hdc, just_foreground ? TRANSPARENT : OPAQUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
541
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
542 SetTextColor (hdc, fg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
543 SetBkColor (hdc, bg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
545 SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
546
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
547 TextOut (hdc, left, top, buf, len);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
548
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
549 if (!just_foreground)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
550 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
551 /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
552 if (f->output_data.win32->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
553 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, bg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
554 left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
555 top + FONT_HEIGHT (font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
556 FONT_WIDTH (font) * len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
557 f->output_data.win32->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
558 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
559
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
560 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
561 int underline_position = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
562
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
563 if (font->tm.tmDescent <= underline_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
564 underline_position = font->tm.tmDescent - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
565
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
566 if (face->underline)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
567 win32_fill_area (f, hdc, fg,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
568 left, (top
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
569 + FONT_BASE (font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
570 + underline_position),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
571 len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
572 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
573
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
574 left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
575 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
576 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
577
|
14241
|
578 ReleaseFrameDC (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
579 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
580
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
581
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
582 /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
583 Advance the cursor over the text.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
584 Output LEN glyphs at START.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
585
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
586 `highlight', set up by win32_reassert_line_highlight or win32_change_line_highlight,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
587 controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
588
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
589 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
590 win32_write_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
591 register GLYPH *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
592 int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
593 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
594 register int temp_length;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
595 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
597 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
598
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
599 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
600 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
601 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
602 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
603 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
604 /* If not within an update,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
605 output at the frame's visible cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
606 curs_x = f->cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
607 curs_y = f->cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
608 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
609
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
610 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
611 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
612 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
613 start, len, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
614
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
615 /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
616 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
617 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
618 && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
619 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
620
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
621 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
622 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
623 f->cursor_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
624 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
625 f->cursor_x -= len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
626 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
627 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
628 curs_x += len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
629
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
630 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
631 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
632
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
633 /* Clear to the end of the line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
634 Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
635 to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
636 from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
637
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
638 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
639 win32_clear_end_of_line (first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
640 register int first_unused;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
641 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
642 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
643
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
644 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
645 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
646
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
647 if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
648 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
649 if (first_unused <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
650 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
651
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
652 if (first_unused >= f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
653 first_unused = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
654
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
655 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
656
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
657 do_line_dance ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
658
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
659 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
660 if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
661 && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
662 && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
663 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
664
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
665 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
666 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
667 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
668 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) * (first_unused - curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
669 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
670
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
671 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
672 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
673
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
674 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
675 win32_clear_frame ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
676 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
677 struct frame *f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
678
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
679 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
680 f = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
681
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
682 f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
683 curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
684 curs_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
685
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
686 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
687
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
688 win32_clear_window (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
689
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
690 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
691 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
692 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
694 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
695 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
696
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
697 /* Make audible bell. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
698
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
699 win32_ring_bell ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
700 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
701 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
702
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
703 if (visible_bell)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
704 FlashWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (selected_frame), FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
705 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
706 nt_ring_bell ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
707
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
708 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
709
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
710 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
711 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
712
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
713 /* Insert and delete character.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
714 These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
715 off the feature of using them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
716
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
717 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
718 win32_insert_glyphs (start, len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
719 register char *start;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
720 register int len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
721 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
722 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
723 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
724
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
725 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
726 win32_delete_glyphs (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
727 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
728 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
729 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
730 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
731
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
732 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
733 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
734 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
735 that is bounded by calls to win32_update_begin and win32_update_end. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
736
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
737 static
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
738 win32_set_terminal_window (n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
739 register int n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
740 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
741 if (updating_frame == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
742 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
743
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
744 if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
745 flexlines = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
746 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
747 flexlines = n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
748 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
749
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
750 /* These variables need not be per frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
751 because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
752 and the line dance for one frame is finished before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
753 anything is done for another frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
754
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
755 /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
756 line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
757 to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
758 static int *line_dance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
760 /* Allocated length of that array. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
761 static int line_dance_len;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
762
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
763 /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
764 static int line_dance_in_progress;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
765
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
766 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
767 inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
768 win32_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
769 int vpos, n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
770 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
771 register int fence, i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
772
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
773 if (vpos >= flexlines)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
774 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
775
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
776 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
777 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
778 int ht = updating_frame->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
779 if (ht > line_dance_len)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
780 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
781 line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
782 line_dance_len = ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
783 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
784 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
785 line_dance_in_progress = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
786 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
787 if (n >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
788 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
789 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
790 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
791 fence = vpos + n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
792 for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
793 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
794 for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
795 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
796 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
797 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
798 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
799 n = -n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
800 if (n > flexlines - vpos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
801 n = flexlines - vpos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
802 fence = flexlines - n;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
803 for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
804 line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
805 for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
806 line_dance[i] = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
807 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
808 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
809
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
810 /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
811 Must be called with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
812 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
813 do_line_dance ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
814 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
815 register int i, j, distance;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
816 register struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
817 int ht;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
818 int intborder;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
819 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
820
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
821 /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
822 array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
823 if (!line_dance_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
824 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
825
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
826 f = updating_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
827 if (f == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
828 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
829
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
830 ht = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
831 intborder = f->output_data.win32->internal_border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
832
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
833 x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
834
|
14241
|
835 hdc = GetFrameDC (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
836
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
837 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
838 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
839 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
840 for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
841 && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
842 /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance, j+distance) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
843 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
844 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
845 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
846 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
847 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
848 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
849 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
850 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
851 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
852
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
853 for (i = ht; --i >=0; )
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
854 if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
855 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
856 for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
857 && line_dance[j]-j == distance););
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
858 /* Copy (j, i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
859 BitBlt (hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
860 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
861 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
862 (i-j) * f->output_data.win32->line_height,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
863 hdc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
864 intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
865 SRCCOPY);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
866 i = j+1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
867 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
868
|
14241
|
869 ReleaseFrameDC (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
870
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
871 for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
872 if (line_dance[i] == -1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
873 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
874 for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
875 /* Clear [i,j) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
876 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
877 intborder,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
878 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
879 f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
880 (j-i) * f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
881 i = j-1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
882 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
883 line_dance_in_progress = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
884 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
885
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
886 /* Support routines for exposure events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
887 static void clear_cursor ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
888
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
889 /* Output into a rectangle of a window (for frame F)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
890 the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
891 TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
892 ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
893 Call this function with input blocked. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
894
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
895 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
896 dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
897 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
898 register int left, top, cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
899 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
900 register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
901 int cursor_cleared = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
902 int bottom, right;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
903 register int y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
904
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
905 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
906 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
907
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
908 /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
909 bottom = top + rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
910 right = left + cols;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
911
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
912 /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
913 Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
914 top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
915 left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
916 bottom += (f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
917 right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
918 bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
919 right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
920
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
921 /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
922 if (left < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
923 left = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
924 if (top < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
925 top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
926 if (right > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
927 right = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
928 if (bottom > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
929 bottom = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
930
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
931 /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
932 cols = right - left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
933 rows = bottom - top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
934
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
935 /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
936 if (rows <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
937 if (cols <= 0) return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
938
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
939 /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
940 We will turn it back on afterward. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
941 if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
942 && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
943 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
944 clear_cursor (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
945 cursor_cleared = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
946 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
947
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
948 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
949
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
950 for (y = top; y < bottom; y++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
951 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
952 GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
953
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
954 if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
955 continue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
956
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
957 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
958 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
959 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
960 line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
961 active_frame->highlight[y], 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
962 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
963
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
964 /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
966 if (cursor_cleared)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
967 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
968 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
969
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
970 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
971 frame_highlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
972 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
973 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
974 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
975 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
976
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
977 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
978 frame_unhighlight (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
979 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
980 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
981 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
982 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
983
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
984 static void win32_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
985 static void x_frame_rehighlight ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
986
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
987 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
988 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
989 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
990 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
991 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
992
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
993 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
994 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
995 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
996 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
997 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
998 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
999 int events_enqueued = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1000
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1001 if (frame != dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1002 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1003 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1004 the correct value of win32_focus_frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1005 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1006
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1007 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1008 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1009
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1010 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1011 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1012 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1013 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1014 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1015
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1016 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1017 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1018
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1019 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1020
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1021 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1022 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1023 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1024 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1025 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1026 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1027
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1028 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1029 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1030 minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1031
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1032 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1033 frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1034 the appropriate display info. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1035 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1036 win32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1037 struct frame *frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1038 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1039 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1040 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1041
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1042 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1043 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1044 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1045 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1046 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1047
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1048 if (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1049 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1050 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1051 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1052 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1053 : dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1054 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1055 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1056 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1057 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1058 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1059 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1060 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1061 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1062
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1063 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1064 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1065 if (old_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1066 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1067 if (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1068 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1069 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1070 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1071
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1072 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1073
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1074 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1075
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1076 char *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1077 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1078 int keysym;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1079 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1080 /* Make static so we can always return it */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1081 static char value[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1082
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1083 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1084 GetKeyNameText(keysym, value, 100);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1085 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1086
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1087 return value;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1088 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1089
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1090 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1091
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1092 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1093 glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1094 that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1095 If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1096
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1097 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1098 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1099 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1100 register int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1101 register int *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1102 RECT *bounds;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1103 int noclip;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1104 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1105 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1106 even for negative values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1107 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1108 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1109 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1110 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1111
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1112 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1113 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1114
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1115 if (bounds)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1116 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1117 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1118 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1119 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1120 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.win32->line_height - 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1121 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1122
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1123 if (!noclip)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1124 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1125 if (pix_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1126 pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1127 else if (pix_x > f->width)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1128 pix_x = f->width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1129
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1130 if (pix_y < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1131 pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1132 else if (pix_y > f->height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1133 pix_y = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1134 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1136 *x = pix_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1137 *y = pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1140 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1141 glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1142 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1143 register int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1144 register int *pix_x, *pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1145 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1146 *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1147 *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1148 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1149
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1150 BOOL
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1151 parse_button (message, pbutton, pup)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1152 int message;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1153 int * pbutton;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1154 int * pup;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1155 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1156 int button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1157 int up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1158
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1159 switch (message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1160 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1161 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1162 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1163 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1164 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1165 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1166 button = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1167 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1168 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1169 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1170 button = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1171 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1172 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1173 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1174 button = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1175 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1176 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1177 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1178 button = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1179 up = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1180 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1181 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1182 button = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1183 up = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1184 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1185 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1186 return (FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1187 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1188
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1189 if (pup) *pup = up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1190 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1191
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1192 return (TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1193 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1194
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1195
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1196 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1197
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1198 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1199 the mouse. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1200
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1201 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1202 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1203 struct input_event *result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1204 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1205 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1206 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1207 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1208 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1209
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1210 parse_button (msg->msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1211
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1212 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1213 otherwise. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1214 result->kind = mouse_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1215 result->code = button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1216 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1217 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1218 | (up
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1219 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1220 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1221
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1222 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1223 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1224
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1225 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1226 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1227 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1228 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1229 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1230
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1231
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1232 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1233 The input handler calls this.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1234
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1235 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1236 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1237 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1238 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1239
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1240 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1241 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1242 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1243 MSG *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1244 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1245 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1246
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1247 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1248 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1249 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1250 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1251
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1252 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1253 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1254
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1255 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1256 else if (LOWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1257 || LOWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.right
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1258 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) < last_mouse_glyph.left
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1259 || HIWORD (msg->lParam) > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1260 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1261 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1262 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1264 note_mouse_highlight (frame, LOWORD (msg->lParam), HIWORD (msg->lParam));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1265 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1266 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1267
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1268 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1269 static int disable_mouse_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1270
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1271 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1272 as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1273 Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1274 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1275
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1276 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1277 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1278 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1279 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1280 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1281 int row, column, portion;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1282 RECT new_glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1283 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1284 struct window *w;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1285
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1286 if (disable_mouse_highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1287 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1288
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1289 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1290 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1291 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1292
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1293 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1294 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1295
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1296 if (gc_in_progress)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1297 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1298 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1299 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1300 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1301
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1302 /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1303 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1304 &new_glyph, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1305
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1306 /* Which window is that in? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1307 window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1308 w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1310 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1311 if (! EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1312 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1313
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1314 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1315 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1316 if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1317 && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1318 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1319 && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1320 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1321 int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1322 int i, pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1323
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1324 /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1325 for (i = column; i >= 0; i--)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1326 if (ptr[i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1327 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1328 pos = ptr[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1329 /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1330 if (pos <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1331 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1332 else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1333 && row >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1334 && row <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1335 && (row > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1336 || column >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1337 && (row < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1338 || column < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1339 || FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1340 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1341 Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1342 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1343 int len, noverlays, ignor1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1344 struct buffer *obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1345 int obegv, ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1346
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1347 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1348 if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1349 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1350
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1351 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1352 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1353 obuf = current_buffer;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1354 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1355 obegv = BEGV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1356 ozv = ZV;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1357 BEGV = BEG;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1358 ZV = Z;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1359
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1360 /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1361 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1362
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1363 /* Is this char mouse-active? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1364 XSETINT (position, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1365
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1366 len = 10;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1367 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1368
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1369 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1370 Store the length in len. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1371 noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1372 NULL, NULL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1373 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1374
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1375 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1376 overlay = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1377 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1378 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1379 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1380 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1381 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1382 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1383 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1384 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1385 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1386 free (overlay_vec);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1387 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1388 if (NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1389 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1390
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1391 /* Handle the overlay case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1392 if (! NILP (overlay))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1393 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1394 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1395 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1396 Lisp_Object before, after;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1397 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1398
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1399 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1400 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1401 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1402 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1403 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1404 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1405 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1406 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1407 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1408 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1409 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1410 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1411 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1412 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1413
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1414 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1415 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1416 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1417 /* Handle the text property case. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1418 else if (! NILP (mouse_face))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1419 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1420 /* Find the range of text around this char that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1421 should be active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1422 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1423 int ignore;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1424
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1425 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1426 XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1427 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1428 before
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1429 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1430 Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1431 w->buffer, beginning);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1432 after
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1433 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1434 w->buffer, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1435 /* Record this as the current active region. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1436 fast_find_position (window, before,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1437 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1438 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1439 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1440 = !fast_find_position (window, after,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1441 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1442 &FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1443 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1444 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1445 = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1446 &ignore, pos + 1, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1447
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1448 /* Display it as active. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1449 show_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1450 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1451 BEGV = obegv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1452 ZV = ozv;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1453 current_buffer = obuf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1454 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1455 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1456 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1457
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1458 /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1459 Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1460 This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1461 If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1462 of start of first screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1463 If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1464
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1465 Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1466
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1467 static int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1468 fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1469 Lisp_Object window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1470 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1471 int *columnp, *rowp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1472 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1473 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1474 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1475 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1476 int row = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1477 int left = w->left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1478 int top = w->top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1479 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1480 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1481 int *charstarts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1482 int lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1483 int maybe_next_line = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1484
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1485 /* Find the right row. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1486 for (i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1487 i < height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1488 i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1489 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1490 int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1491 if (linestart > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1492 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1493 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1494 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1495 if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1496 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1497 maybe_next_line = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1498 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1499 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1500 if (linestart > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1501 row = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1502 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1503
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1504 /* Find the right column with in it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1505 charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1506 lastcol = left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1507 for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1508 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1509 if (charstarts[left + i] == pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1510 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1511 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1512 *columnp = i + left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1513 return 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1514 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1515 else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1516 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1517 else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1518 lastcol = left + i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1519 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1520
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1521 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1522 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1523 use the start of the following line. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1524 if (maybe_next_line)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1525 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1526 row++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1527 i = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1528 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1529
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1530 *rowp = row + top;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1531 *columnp = lastcol;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1532 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1533 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1534
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1535 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1536 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1537
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1538 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1539 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1540 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1541 int hl;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1542 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1543 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1544 int width = window_internal_width (w);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1545 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1546 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1547 int cursor_off = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1548 int old_curs_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1549 int old_curs_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1550
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1551 /* Set these variables temporarily
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1552 so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1553 we will put it back at the same place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1554 curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1555 curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1556
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1557 for (i = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1558 i <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1559 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1560 int column = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1561 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1562 : w->left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1563 int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1564 ? FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1565 : w->left + width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1566 endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1567
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1568 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1569 turn the cursor off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1570 if (i == curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1571 && curs_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col - 1
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1572 && curs_x <= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1573 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1574 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1575 cursor_off = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1576 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1577
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1578 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1579 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1580 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1581 FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1582 endcolumn - column,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1583 /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1584 hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1585 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1586
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1587 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1588 if (cursor_off)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1589 x_display_cursor (f, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1590
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1591 curs_x = old_curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1592 curs_y = old_curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1593
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1594 /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1595 if (hl > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1596 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->cross_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1597 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1598 SetCursor (f->output_data.win32->text_cursor);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1599 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1600
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1601 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1602 Redraw it unhighlighted first. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1603
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1604 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1605 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1606 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1607 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1608 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1609 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1610
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1611 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1612 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1613 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1614 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1615
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1616 struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1617 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1618
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1619 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1620 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1621
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1622 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1623 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1624 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1625 position on the scroll bar.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1626
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1627 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1628 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1629 the mouse is over.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1630
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1631 Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1632 was at this position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1633
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1634 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1635
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1636 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1637 movement. This also calls XQueryPointer, which will cause the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1638 server to give us another MotionNotify when the mouse moves
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1639 again. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1640
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1641 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1642 win32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1643 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1644 int insist;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1645 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1646 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1647 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1648 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1649 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1650 FRAME_PTR f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1651
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1652 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1653
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1654 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1655 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1656 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1657 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1658 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1659
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1660 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1661
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1662 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1663 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1664 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1665
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1666 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1667
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1668 GetCursorPos (&pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1669
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1670 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1671 containing the pointer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1672 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1673 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1674 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1675 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1676 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1677 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1678 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1679 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1680 /* Is win one of our frames? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1681 f1 = x_window_to_frame (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1682 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1683
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1684 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1685 if (! f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1686 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1687 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint(pt));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1688
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1689 if (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1690 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1691 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1692 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1693 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1694
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1695 if (f1 == 0 && insist)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1696 f1 = selected_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1697
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1698 if (f1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1699 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1700 int ignore1, ignore2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1701
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1702 ScreenToClient (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1703
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1704 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1705
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1706 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1707 &last_mouse_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1708 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1709 || insist);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1710
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1711 *bar_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1712 *part = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1713 *fp = f1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1714 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1715 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1716 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1717 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1718 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1719 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1720
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1721 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1722 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1723
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1724 /* Scroll bar support. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1725
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1726 /* Given an window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1727 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1728 bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1729 struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1730 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1731 Window window_id;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1732 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1733 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1734
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1735 for (tail = Vframe_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1736 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1737 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1738 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1739 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1740
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1741 frame = XCONS (tail)->car;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1742 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1743 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1744 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1745
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1746 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1747 right window ID. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1748 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1749 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1750 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1751 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1752 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1753 condemned = Qnil,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1754 ! GC_NILP (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1755 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1756 if (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1757 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1758 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1760 return 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1761 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1762
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1763 HWND
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1764 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1765 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1766 struct scroll_bar * bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1767 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1768 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1769
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1770 PostThreadMessage (dwWinThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1771 (LPARAM) bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1772 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1773
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1774 return ((HWND) msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1775 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1776
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1777 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1778 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1779 struct frame * f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1780 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1781 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1782 SendMessage (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1783 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1784 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1785
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1786 /* Open a new window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1787 scroll bar vector for it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1788 static struct scroll_bar *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1789 x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1790 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1791 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1792 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1793 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1794 struct scroll_bar *bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1795 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1796 HWND hwnd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1797
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1798 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1799
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1800 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1801 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1802 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1803 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1804 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1805 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1806 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1807 bar->dragging = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1808
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1809 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1810
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1811 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1812
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1813 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1814 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1815
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1816 SET_SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1817
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1818 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1819 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1820 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1821 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1822 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1823 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1824
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1825 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1826
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1827 return bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1828 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1829
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1830 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1831 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1832 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1833 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1834 events.)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1835
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1836 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1837 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1838 handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1839 bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1840 move to the very end of the buffer. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1841 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1842 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1843 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1844 int start, end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1845 int rebuild;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1846 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1847 int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1848 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1849 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1850
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1851 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1852 if (! rebuild
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1853 && start == XINT (bar->start)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1854 && end == XINT (bar->end))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1855 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1856
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1857 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1858
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1859 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1860 XSETINT (bar->start, start);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1861 XSETINT (bar->end, end);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1862
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1863 /* If we are less than half of the page use start otherwise use end */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1864
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1865 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, ((start >> 1) < bar->height)?start:end, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1866
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1867 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1868 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1869
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1870 /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1871 window configurations. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1872 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1873 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1874 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1875 int top, left, width, height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1876 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1877 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1878 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1879
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1880 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1881
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1882 MoveWindow (w, left, top, width, height, TRUE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1883 SetScrollRange (w, SB_CTL, 0, height, FALSE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1884
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1885 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1886 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1887 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1888 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1889
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1890 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1891 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1892
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1893 /* Destroy the window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1894 to nil. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1895 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1896 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1897 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1898 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1899 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1900
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1901 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1902
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1903 /* Destroy the window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1904 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1905
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1906 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1907 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1908
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1909 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1910 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1911
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1912 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1913 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1914 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1915 create one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1916 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1917 win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1918 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1919 int portion, whole, position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1920 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1921 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1922 int top = XINT (window->top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1923 int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1924 int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1925
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1926 /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1927 int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1928 int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1929 int pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1930 = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1931 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1932 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1933 int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1934
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1935 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1936
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1937 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1938 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1939 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1940 pixel_top, pixel_left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1941 pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1942 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1943 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1944 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1945 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1946 x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1947 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1948
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1949 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1950 dragged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1951 if (NILP (bar->dragging))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1952 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1953 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1954
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1955 if (whole == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1956 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1957 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1958 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1959 int start = (int) (((double) position * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1960 int end = (int) (((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1962 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1963 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1964 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1965
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1966 XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1967 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1968
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1969
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1970 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1971 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1972 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1973 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1974 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1975 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1976 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1977
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1978 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1979 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1980 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1981 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1982 win32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1983 FRAME_PTR frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1984 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1985 /* The condemned list should be empty at this point; if it's not,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1986 then the rest of Emacs isn't using the condemn/redeem/judge
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1987 protocol correctly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1988 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1989 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1990
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1991 /* Move them all to the "condemned" list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1992 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1993 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1994 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1995
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1996 /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1997 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1998 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
1999 win32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2000 struct window *window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2001 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2002 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2003
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2004 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2005 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2006 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2007
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2008 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2009
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2010 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2011 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2012 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2013
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2014 if (NILP (bar->prev))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2015 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2016 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2017 the lists. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2018 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2019 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2020 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2021 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2022 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2023 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2024 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2025 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2026 one or the other! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2027 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2028 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2029 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2030 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2031
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2032 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2033 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2034
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2035 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2036 bar->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2037 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2038 if (! NILP (bar->next))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2039 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2040 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2041 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2042
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2043 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2044 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2045 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2046 win32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2047 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2048 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2049 Lisp_Object bar, next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2050
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2051 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2052
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2053 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2054 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2055 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2056
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2057 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2058 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2059 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2060
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2061 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2062
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2063 next = b->next;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2064 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2065 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2066
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2067 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2068 and they should get garbage-collected. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2069 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2070
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2071 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2072 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2073
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2074 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2075 mark bits. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2076 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2077 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2078 struct scroll_bar *bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2079 Win32Msg *msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2080 struct input_event *emacs_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2081 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2082 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2083 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2084
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2085 emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2086 emacs_event->code = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2087 emacs_event->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2088 | ((LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam) == SB_ENDSCROLL)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2089 ? up_modifier
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2090 : down_modifier));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2091 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2092 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2093
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2094 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2095 int internal_height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2096 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2097 int top_range
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2098 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2099 int y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2100
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2101 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2102 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2103 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2104 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2105 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2106 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2107 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2108 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2109 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2110 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2111 if (y < top_range) y++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2112 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2113 case SB_LINEUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2114 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2115 if (y) y--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2116 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2117 case SB_PAGEUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2118 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2119 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2120 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2121 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2122 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2123 case SB_TOP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2124 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2125 y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2126 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2127 case SB_BOTTOM:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2128 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2129 y = top_range;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2130 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2131 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2132 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2133 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, y , y, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2134 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2135 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2136 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2137 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2138 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2139
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2140 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2141 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2142 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2143 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2144
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2145 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2146 on the scroll bar. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2147 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2148 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2149 FRAME_PTR *fp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2150 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2151 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2152 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2153 unsigned long *time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2154 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2155 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2156 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2157 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2158 int pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2159
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2160 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2161
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2162 *fp = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2163 *bar_window = bar->window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2164
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2165 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2166
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2167 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2168 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2169 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2170 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2171 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2172 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2173 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2174 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2175 case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2176 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2177 pos++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2178 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2179 default:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2180 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2181 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2182 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2183
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2184 XSETINT(*x, pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2185 XSETINT(*y, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2186
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2187 f->mouse_moved = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2188 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2189
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2190 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2191
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2192 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2193 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2194
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2195 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2196 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2197 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2198 redraw them. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2199
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2200 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2201 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2202 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2203 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2204 Lisp_Object bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2205
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2206 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2207 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2208 UpdateWindow (SCROLL_BAR_WIN32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2209 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2210 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2211
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2212
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2213 /* The main Win32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2214
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2215 /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2216 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2217 sometimes don't work. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2218 static Time enter_timestamp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2219
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2220 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2221 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2222 int temp_index;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2223 short temp_buffer[100];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2224
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2225 /* Read events coming from the Win32 shell.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2226 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2227 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2228
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2229 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2230 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2231 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2232 thus pretending to be `read'.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2233
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2234 WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2235 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2236
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2237 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2238 system calls the winproc directly in a context where we cannot return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2239 data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2240 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2241 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2242 which message we are processing since the winproc gets called recursively with different
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2243 messages by the system.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2244 */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2245
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2246 int
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2247 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2248 register int sd;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2249 register struct input_event *bufp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2250 register int numchars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2251 int waitp;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2252 int expected;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2253 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2254 int count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2255 int nbytes = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2256 int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2257 Win32Msg msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2258 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2259 int event_found = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2260 int prefix;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2261 Lisp_Object part;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2262 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2263
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2264 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2265 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2266 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2267 return -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2268 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2269
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2270 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2271 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2272
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2273 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2274 input_signal_count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2275
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2276 if (numchars <= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2277 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2278
|
14241
|
2279 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2280 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2281 switch (msg.msg.message)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2282 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2283 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2284 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2285 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2286 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2287 win32_clear_rect (f, NULL, &msg.rect);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2288 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2289 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2290 case WM_PAINT:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2291 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2292 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2293
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2294 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2295 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2296 if (f->async_visible == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2297 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2298 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2299 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2300 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2301 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2302 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2303 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2304 dumprectangle (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2305 msg.rect.left,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2306 msg.rect.top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2307 msg.rect.right-msg.rect.left+1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2308 msg.rect.bottom-msg.rect.top+1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2310 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2311 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2312 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2313
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2314 break;
|
14241
|
2315 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
|
|
2316 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
|
2317 if (f)
|
|
2318 /* Realize palette - will force update if needed. */
|
|
2319 ReleaseFrameDC (f, GetFrameDC (f));
|
|
2320 break;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2321 case WM_KEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2322 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2323 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2324
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2325 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2326 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2327 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2328 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2329 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2330 bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2331 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2332 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2333 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2334 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2335 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2336 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2337 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2338 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2339 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2340 case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2341 case WM_CHAR:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2342 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2343
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2344 if (f && !f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2345 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2346 if (numchars > 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2347 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2348 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2349 temp_index = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2350 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2351 bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2352 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2353 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2354 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2355 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2356 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2357 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2358 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2359 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2360 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2361 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2362 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2363 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2364 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2365 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2366 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2367 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2368 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2369 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2370 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2371 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2372
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2373 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2374 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2375 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2376 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2377
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2378 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2379 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2380 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2381 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2382 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2383 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2384 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2385 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2386 int button;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2387 int up;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2388
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2389 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2390 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2391 f = last_mouse_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2392 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2393 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2394
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2395 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2396 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2397 if ((!dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2398 && (numchars >= 1))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2399 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2400 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2401 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2402 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2403 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2404 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2405 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2406
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2407 parse_button (msg.msg.message, &button, &up);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2408
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2409 if (up)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2410 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2411 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2412 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2413 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2414 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2415 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2416 last_mouse_frame = f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2417 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2418 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2419
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2420 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2421 case WM_VSCROLL:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2422 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2423 struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2424
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2425 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2426 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2427 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2428 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2429 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2430 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2431 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2432 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2433
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2434 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2435 case WM_MOVE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2436 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2437
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2438 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2439 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2440 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2441 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2442 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2443
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2444 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2445 case WM_SIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2446 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2447
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2448 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2449 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2450 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2451 int rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2452 int columns;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2453 int width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2454 int height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2455
|
14241
|
2456 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2457
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2458 height = rect.bottom - rect.top + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2459 width = rect.right - rect.left + 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2460
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2461 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2462 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2463
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2464 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2465 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2466 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2467
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2468 if (columns != f->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2469 || rows != f->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2470 || width != f->output_data.win32->pixel_width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2471 || height != f->output_data.win32->pixel_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2472 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2473 /* I had set this to 0, 0 - I am not sure why?? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2474
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2475 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2476 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2477
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2478 f->output_data.win32->pixel_width = width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2479 f->output_data.win32->pixel_height = height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2480 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2481 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2482 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2483
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2484 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2485 case WM_SETFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2486 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2487 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2488
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2489 if (msg.msg.message == WM_SETFOCUS)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2490 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2491 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2492 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2493 else if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2494 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2495
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2496 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2497 case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2498 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2499 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2500 case SC_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2501 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2502
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2503 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2504 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2505 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2506 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2507
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2508 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2509 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2510 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2511 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2512 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2513 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2514
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2515 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2516 case SC_MINIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2517 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2518
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2519 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2520 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2521 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2522 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2523
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2524 bufp->kind = iconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2525 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2526 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2527 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2528 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2530
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2531 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2532 case SC_MAXIMIZE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2533 case SC_RESTORE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2534 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2535
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2536 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2537 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2538 f->async_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2539 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2540
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2541 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2542 the frame's display structures. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2543 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2544
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2545 if (f->iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2546 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2547 bufp->kind = deiconify_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2548 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2549 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2550 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2551 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2552 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2553 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2554 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2555 to update the frame titles
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2556 in case this is the second frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2557 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2558 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2559
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2560 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2561 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2562
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2563 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2564 case WM_CLOSE:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2565 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2566
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2567 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2568 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2569 if (numchars == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2570 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2571
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2572 bufp->kind = delete_window_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2573 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2574 bufp++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2575 count++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2576 numchars--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2577 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2578
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2579 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2580 case WM_COMMAND:
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2581 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2582
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2583 if (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2584 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2585 if (msg.msg.lParam == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2586 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2587 /* Came from window menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2588
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2589 extern Lisp_Object get_frame_menubar_event ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2590 Lisp_Object event = get_frame_menubar_event (f, msg.msg.wParam);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2591 struct input_event buf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2592 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2593
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2594 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2595 buf.kind = menu_bar_event;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2596
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2597 /* Store initial menu bar event */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2598
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2599 if (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2600 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2601 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, Fcons (Qmenu_bar, Qnil));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2602 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2603 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2604
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2605 /* Enqueue the events */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2606
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2607 while (!NILP (event))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2608 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2609 buf.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, XCONS (event)->car);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2610 kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2611 event = XCONS (event)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2612 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2613 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2614 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2615 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2616 /* Came from popup menu */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2617 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2618 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2619 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2620 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2621 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2622
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2623 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2624 raise it now. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2625 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2626 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2627 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2628 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2629 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2630 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2631
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2632 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2633 return count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2634 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2635
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2636 /* Drawing the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2637
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2638
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2639 /* Draw a hollow box cursor. Don't change the inside of the box. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2640
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2641 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2642 x_draw_box (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2643 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2644 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2645 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2646 HBRUSH hb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2647 HDC hdc;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2648
|
14241
|
2649 hdc = GetFrameDC (f);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2650
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2651 hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2652
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2653 rect.left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2654 rect.top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y);
|
14241
|
2655 rect.right = rect.left + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
|
2656 rect.bottom = rect.top + f->output_data.win32->line_height;
|
|
2657
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2658 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2659 DeleteObject (hb);
|
14241
|
2660
|
|
2661 ReleaseFrameDC (f, hdc);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2662 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2663
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2664 /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2665 and mark the cursor as not shown.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2666 This is used when the text where the cursor is
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2667 is about to be rewritten. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2668
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2669 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2670 clear_cursor (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2671 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2672 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2673 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2674 || f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2675 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2676
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2677 x_display_cursor (f, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2678 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2679 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2680
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2681 /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2682 HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2683 glyph drawn. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2684
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2685 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2686 x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2687 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2688 int row, column;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2689 GLYPH glyph;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2690 int highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2691 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2692 dumpglyphs (f,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2693 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2694 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2695 &glyph, 1, highlight, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2696 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2697
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2698 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2699 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2700 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2701 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2702 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2703 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2704
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2705 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2706 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2707 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2708 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2709 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2710
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2711 if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2712 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2713
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2714 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2715 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2716 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2717 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2718 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2719 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2720 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2721
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2722 /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2723 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2724 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2725 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2726 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2727 || f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2728 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2729 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2730 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2731 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2732 current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2733 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2734 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2735
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2736 /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2737 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2738 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2739 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != bar_cursor)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2740 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2741 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2742 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2743 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2744 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2745 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2746 win32_fill_area (f, NULL, f->output_data.win32->cursor_pixel,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2747 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2748 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2749 max (f->output_data.win32->cursor_width, 1),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2750 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2751
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2752 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2753 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2754
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2755 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = bar_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2756 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2757 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2758
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2759
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2760 /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2761 If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2762 by F->cursor_x and F->cursor_y. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2763
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2764 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2765 x_display_box_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2766 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2767 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2768 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2769 struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2770
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2771 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2772 frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2773 changing its size, and curs_x and curs_y may be off the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2774 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2775 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2776
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2777 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2778 if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2779 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2780
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2781 /* If we're not updating, then we want to use the current frame's
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2782 cursor position, not our local idea of where the cursor ought to be. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2783 if (f != updating_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2784 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2785 curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2786 curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2787 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2788
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2789 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2790 or it is in the wrong place,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2791 or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2792 erase it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2793 if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2794 && (!on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2795 || f->phys_cursor_x != curs_x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2796 || f->phys_cursor_y != curs_y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2797 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2798 && (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame))))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2799 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2800 int mouse_face_here = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2801 struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2802
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2803 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2804 we clear the cursor. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2805 if (f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2806 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2807 (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2808 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2809 && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2810 &&
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2811 (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2812 || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2813 && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2814 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2815 if it is at the end of a line (on a newline).
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2816 The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2817 && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2818 mouse_face_here = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2819
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2820 /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2821 we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2822 if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font) != f->output_data.win32->line_height)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2823 win32_clear_area (f, NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2824 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2825 CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2826 FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2827 f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2828 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2829 x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2830 f->phys_cursor_glyph,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2831 (mouse_face_here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2832 ? 3
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2833 : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2834 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2835 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2836
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2837 /* If we want to show a cursor,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2838 or we want a box cursor and it's not so,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2839 write it in the right place. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2840 if (on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2841 && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2842 || (f->output_data.win32->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2843 && f == FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2844 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2845 f->phys_cursor_glyph
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2846 = ((current_glyphs->enable[curs_y]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2847 && curs_x < current_glyphs->used[curs_y])
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2848 ? current_glyphs->glyphs[curs_y][curs_x]
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2849 : SPACEGLYPH);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2850 if (f != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2851 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2852 x_draw_box (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2853 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2854 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2855 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2856 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2857 x_draw_single_glyph (f, curs_y, curs_x,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2858 f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2859 f->output_data.win32->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2860 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2861
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2862 f->phys_cursor_x = curs_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2863 f->phys_cursor_y = curs_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2864 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2865 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2866
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2867 x_display_cursor (f, on)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2868 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2869 int on;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2870 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2871 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2872
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2873 if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2874 x_display_box_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2875 else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2876 x_display_bar_cursor (f, on);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2877 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2878 /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2879 abort ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2880
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2881 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2882 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2883
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2884 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2885
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2886 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2887 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2888 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2889 The return value shows which font we chose. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2890
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2891 Lisp_Object
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2892 x_new_font (f, fontname)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2893 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2894 register char *fontname;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2895 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2896 int already_loaded;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2897 int n_matching_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2898 XFontStruct *font_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2899 char new_font_name[101];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2900
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2901 /* Get a font which matches this name */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2902 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2903 LOGFONT lf;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2904
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2905 if (!x_to_win32_font(fontname, &lf)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2906 || !win32_to_x_font(&lf, new_font_name, 100))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2907 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2908 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2909 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2910 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2911
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2912 /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2913 already_loaded = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2914
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2915 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2916 int i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2917
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2918 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2919 if (!strcmp (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, new_font_name))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2920 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2921 already_loaded = i;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2922 fontname = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2923 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2924 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2925 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2926
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2927 /* If we have, just return it from the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2928 if (already_loaded >= 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2929 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2930 /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2931 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2932 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2933 XFontStruct *font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2934 int n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2935
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2936 font = win32_load_font(FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f), fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2937
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2938 if (! font)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2939 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2940 return Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2941 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2942
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2943 /* Do we need to create the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2944 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2945 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2946 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2947 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2948 = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2949 * sizeof (struct font_info));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2950 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2951 /* Do we need to grow the table? */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2952 else if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2953 >= FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2954 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2955 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2956 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2957 = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2958 (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2959 * sizeof (struct font_info)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2960 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2961
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2962 n_fonts = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2963 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2964 bcopy (fontname, FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2965 f->output_data.win32->font = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2966 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2967 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2968
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2969 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2970 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2971 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2972 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2973 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2974 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2975 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2976 f->scroll_bar_cols = 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2977
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2978 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2979 if (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2980 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2981 frame_update_line_height (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2982 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2983 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2984 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2985 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2986 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2987 f->output_data.win32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.win32->font);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2988
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2989 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2990 Lisp_Object lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2991
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2992 lispy_name = build_string (fontname);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2993
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2994 return lispy_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2995 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2996 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2997
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2998 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
2999 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3000 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3001 Window win, child;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3002 POINT pt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3003 int flags = f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3004
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3005 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3006
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3007 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3008 the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3009 if (f->output_data.win32->parent_desc != FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3010 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3011 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3012 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3013 f->output_data.win32->parent_desc,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3014 &pt, 1);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3015 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3016 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3017
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3018 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3019 RECT rt;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3020 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3021
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3022 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
14241
|
3023 AdjustWindowRect (&rt, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3024 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3025 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3026
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3027 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3028 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3029 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3030
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3031 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3032 position that fits on the screen. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3033 if (flags & XNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3034 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3035 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.x
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3036 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3037 + f->output_data.win32->left_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3038
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3039 if (flags & YNegative)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3040 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3041 - 2 * f->output_data.win32->border_width - pt.y
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3042 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3043 + f->output_data.win32->top_pos);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3044 /* The left_pos and top_pos
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3045 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3046 so the flags should correspond. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3047 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3048 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3049
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3050 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3051 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3052 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3053 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3054 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3055
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3056 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3057 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3058 register int xoff, yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3059 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3060 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3061 int modified_top, modified_left;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3062
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3063 if (change_gravity > 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3064 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3065 f->output_data.win32->top_pos = yoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3066 f->output_data.win32->left_pos = xoff;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3067 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3068 if (xoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3069 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3070 if (yoff < 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3071 f->output_data.win32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3072 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3073 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3074 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3075
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3076 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3077 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3078
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3079 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3080 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3081 modified_left = f->output_data.win32->left_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3082 modified_top = f->output_data.win32->top_pos;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3083 if (change_gravity != 0)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3084 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3085 modified_left += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3086 modified_top += f->output_data.win32->border_width;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3087 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3088
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3089 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3090 NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3091 modified_left, modified_top,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3092 0,0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3093 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3094 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3095 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3096
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3097 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3098 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3099 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3100 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3101
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3102 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3103 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3104 int change_gravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3105 int cols, rows;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3106 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3107 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3108
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3109 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3110
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3111 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3112 f->output_data.win32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3113 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3114 ? 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3115 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3116 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3117 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font)));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3118 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3119 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3120
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3121 f->output_data.win32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3122 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3123
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3124 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3125 RECT rect;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3126
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3127 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3128 rect.right = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3129 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3130
|
14241
|
3131 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.win32->dwStyle,
|
|
3132 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3133
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3134 /* All windows have an extra pixel */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3135
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3136 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3137 NULL,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3138 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3139 rect.right - rect.left + 1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3140 rect.bottom - rect.top + 1,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3141 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3142 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3143
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3144 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3145 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3146 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3147 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3148
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3149 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3150 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3151 might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3152 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3153 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3154 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3155 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3156 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3157
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3158 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3159 if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3160 || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3161 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3162 f->phys_cursor_x = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3163 f->phys_cursor_y = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3164 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3165
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3166 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3167 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3168 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3169 we have to make sure to do it here. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3170 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3171
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3172 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3173 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3174
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3175 /* Mouse warping. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3176
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3177 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3178 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3179 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3180 int x, y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3181 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3182 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3183
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3184 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font) / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3185 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.win32->line_height / 2;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3186
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3187 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3188 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3189
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3190 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3191 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3192
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3193 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3194
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3195 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3196
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3197 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3198 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3199
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3200 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3201
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3202 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3203 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3204 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3205 int pix_x, pix_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3206 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3207 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3208
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3209 SetCursorPos (pix_x, pix_y);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3210
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3211 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3212 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3213
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3214 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3215
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3216 x_focus_on_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3217 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3218 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3219 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3220
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3221 x_unfocus_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3222 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3223 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3224 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3225
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3226 /* Raise frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3227
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3228 x_raise_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3229 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3230 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3231 if (f->async_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3232 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3233 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3234 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3235 HWND_TOP,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3236 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3237 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3238 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3239 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3240 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3241
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3242 /* Lower frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3243
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3244 x_lower_frame (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3245 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3246 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3247 if (f->async_visible)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3248 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3249 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3250 SetWindowPos (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3251 HWND_BOTTOM,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3252 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3253 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3254 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3255 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3256 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3257
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3258 static void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3259 win32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3260 FRAME_PTR f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3261 int raise;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3262 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3263 if (raise)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3264 x_raise_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3265 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3266 x_lower_frame (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3267 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3268
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3269 /* Change of visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3270
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3271 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3272 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3273 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3274 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3275 but it will become visible later when the window manager
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3276 finishes with it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3277
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3278 x_make_frame_visible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3279 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3280 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3281 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3282
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3283 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3284 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3285 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3286 call x_set_offset a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3287 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3288 before the window gets really visible. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3289 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
|
14248
|
3290 && ! f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible) {
|
|
3291 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.win32->left_pos,
|
|
3292 f->output_data.win32->top_pos, 0);
|
|
3293 SetForegroundWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
|
3294 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3295
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3296 f->output_data.win32->asked_for_visible = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3297 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOW);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3298 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3299
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3300 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3301 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3302 so that incoming events are handled. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3303 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3304 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3305 int count = input_signal_count;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3306
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3307 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3308 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3309
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3310 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3311
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3312 while (1)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3313 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3314 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3315 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3316 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3317 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3318 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3319 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3320 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3321 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3322 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3323 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3324 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3325 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3326 if (input_polling_used ())
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3327 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3328 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3329 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3330 alarm (0);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3331 input_poll_signal ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3332 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3333 /* Once we have handled input events,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3334 we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3335 So if we have not got it yet, stop looping.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3336 Some window managers make their own decisions
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3337 about visibility. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3338 if (input_signal_count != count)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3339 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3340 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3341 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3342 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3343 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3344
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3345 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3346
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3347 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3348
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3349 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3350 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3351 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3352 Window window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3353
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3354 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3355 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3356 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3357
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3358 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3359
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3360 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3361
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3362 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3363 just by the event that we get from the server.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3364 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3365 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3366 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3367 f->visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3368 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3369 f->async_visible = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3370 f->async_iconified = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3371
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3372 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3373 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3374
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3375 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3376
|
14241
|
3377 void
|
|
3378 x_iconify_frame (f)
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3379 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3380 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3381 int result;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3382
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3383 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3384 if (FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame == f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3385 FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3386
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3387 if (f->async_iconified)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3388 return;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3389
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3390 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3391
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3392 ShowWindow (FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWMINIMIZED);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3393
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3394 f->async_iconified = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3395
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3396 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3397 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3398
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3399 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3400
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3401 x_destroy_window (f)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3402 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3403 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3404 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_WIN32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3405
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3406 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3407
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3408 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3409 free_frame_menubar (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3410 free_frame_faces (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3411
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3412 xfree (f->output_data.win32);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3413 f->output_data.win32 = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3414 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3415 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3416 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3417 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3418 if (f == dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3419 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3420
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3421 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3422
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3423 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3424 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3425 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3426 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3427 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3428 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3429 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3430 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3431
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3432 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3433 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3434
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3435 /* Setting window manager hints. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3436
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3437 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3438 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3439 that the window now has.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3440 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3441 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3442
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3443 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3444 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3445 long flags;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3446 int user_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3447 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3448 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3449
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3450 flexlines = f->height;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3451
|
14241
|
3452 enter_crit (CRIT_MSG);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3453
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3454 SetWindowLong (window, WND_X_UNITS_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.win32->font));
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3455 SetWindowLong (window, WND_Y_UNITS_INDEX, f->output_data.win32->line_height);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3456
|
14241
|
3457 leave_crit (CRIT_MSG);
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3458 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3459
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3460 /* Window manager things */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3461 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3462 struct frame *f;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3463 int icon_x, icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3464 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3465 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3466 Window window = FRAME_WIN32_WINDOW (f);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3467
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3468 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3469 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3470 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3471
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3472 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3473 #endif
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3474 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3475
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3476
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3477 /* Initialization. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3478
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3479 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3480 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3481 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3482 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3483
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3484 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3485 XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3486 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3487
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3488 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3489 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3490 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3491 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3492 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3493 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL},
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3494 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3495 };
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3496 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3497
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3498 static int win32_initialized = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3499
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3500 struct win32_display_info *
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3501 win32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3502 Lisp_Object display_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3503 char *xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3504 char *resource_name;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3505 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3506 Lisp_Object frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3507 char *defaultvalue;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3508 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3509 HDC hdc;
|
14241
|
3510
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3511 BLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3512
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3513 if (!win32_initialized)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3514 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3515 win32_initialize ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3516 win32_initialized = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3517 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3518
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3519 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3520 int argc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3521 char *argv[3];
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3522
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3523 argv[0] = "";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3524 argc = 1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3525 if (xrm_option)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3526 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3527 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3528 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3529 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3530 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3531
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3532 dpyinfo = &one_win32_display_info;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3533
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3534 /* Put this display on the chain. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3535 dpyinfo->next = NULL;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3536
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3537 /* Put it on win32_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3538 win32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3539 win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3540 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car;
|
14241
|
3541
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3542 dpyinfo->win32_id_name
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3543 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3544 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3545 + 2);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3546 sprintf (dpyinfo->win32_id_name, "%s@%s",
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3547 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3548
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3549 #if 0
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3550 xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3551 resource_name, EMACS_CLASS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3552
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3553 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3554 all versions. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3555 dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3556 #endif
|
14241
|
3557 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3558
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3559 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3560 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3561 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3562 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3563 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3564 dpyinfo->height_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3565 dpyinfo->width_in = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
|
14241
|
3566 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3567 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3568 dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3569 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3570 dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3571 dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3572 dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3573 dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3574 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3575 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3576 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3577 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3578 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3579 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3580 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3581 dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3582 dpyinfo->win32_focus_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3583 dpyinfo->win32_focus_event_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3584 dpyinfo->win32_highlight_frame = 0;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3585
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3586 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3587
|
14241
|
3588 /* initialise palette with white and black */
|
|
3589 {
|
|
3590 COLORREF color;
|
|
3591 defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
|
|
3592 defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
|
|
3593 }
|
|
3594
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3595 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3596 #ifdef F_SETOWN
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3597 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3598 /* stdin is a socket here */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3599 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3600 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3601 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3602 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3603 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3604 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3605
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3606 #ifdef SIGIO
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3607 if (interrupt_input)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3608 init_sigio (connection);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3609 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3610
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3611 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3612
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3613 return dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3614 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3615
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3616 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3617
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3618 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3619 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3620 struct win32_display_info *dpyinfo;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3621 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3622 /* Discard this display from win32_display_name_list and win32_display_list.
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3623 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3624 if (! NILP (win32_display_name_list)
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3625 && EQ (XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3626 win32_display_name_list = XCONS (win32_display_name_list)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3627 else
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3628 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3629 Lisp_Object tail;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3630
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3631 tail = win32_display_name_list;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3632 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3633 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3634 if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3635 dpyinfo->name_list_element))
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3636 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3637 XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3638 break;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3639 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3640 tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3641 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3642 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3643
|
14241
|
3644 /* free palette table */
|
|
3645 {
|
|
3646 struct win32_palette_entry * plist;
|
|
3647
|
|
3648 plist = dpyinfo->p_colors_in_use;
|
|
3649 while (plist)
|
|
3650 {
|
|
3651 struct win32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
|
|
3652 plist = plist->next;
|
|
3653 xfree (pentry);
|
|
3654 }
|
|
3655 dpyinfo->p_colors_in_use = NULL;
|
|
3656 if (dpyinfo->h_palette)
|
|
3657 DeleteObject (dpyinfo->h_palette);
|
|
3658 }
|
13434
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3659 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3660 xfree (dpyinfo->win32_id_name);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3661 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3662
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3663 /* Set up use of Win32. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3664
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3665 DWORD win_msg_worker ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3666
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3667 win32_initialize ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3668 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3669 clear_frame_hook = win32_clear_frame;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3670 clear_end_of_line_hook = win32_clear_end_of_line;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3671 ins_del_lines_hook = win32_ins_del_lines;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3672 change_line_highlight_hook = win32_change_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3673 insert_glyphs_hook = win32_insert_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3674 write_glyphs_hook = win32_write_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3675 delete_glyphs_hook = win32_delete_glyphs;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3676 ring_bell_hook = win32_ring_bell;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3677 reset_terminal_modes_hook = win32_reset_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3678 set_terminal_modes_hook = win32_set_terminal_modes;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3679 update_begin_hook = win32_update_begin;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3680 update_end_hook = win32_update_end;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3681 set_terminal_window_hook = win32_set_terminal_window;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3682 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3683 frame_up_to_date_hook = win32_frame_up_to_date;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3684 cursor_to_hook = win32_cursor_to;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3685 reassert_line_highlight_hook = win32_reassert_line_highlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3686 mouse_position_hook = win32_mouse_position;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3687 frame_rehighlight_hook = win32_frame_rehighlight;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3688 frame_raise_lower_hook = win32_frame_raise_lower;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3689 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = win32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3690 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = win32_condemn_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3691 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = win32_redeem_scroll_bar;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3692 judge_scroll_bars_hook = win32_judge_scroll_bars;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3693
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3694 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3695 char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3696 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3697 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3698 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3699 off the bottom */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3700 baud_rate = 19200;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3701
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3702 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3703 Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3704
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3705 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3706
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3707 init_crit ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3708
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3709 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3710 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3711 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3712
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3713 /* Wait for thread to start */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3714
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3715 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3716 MSG msg;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3717
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3718 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3719
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3720 hWinThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3721 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) win_msg_worker,
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3722 0, 0, &dwWinThreadId);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3723
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3724 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3725 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3726
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3727 /* AttachThreadInput (dwWinThreadId, dwMainThreadId, TRUE); */
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3728
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3729 }
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3730
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3731 void
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3732 syms_of_win32term ()
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3733 {
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3734 staticpro (&win32_display_name_list);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3735 win32_display_name_list = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3736
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3737 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3738 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3739
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3740 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3741 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
|
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
diff
changeset
|
3742 }
|